logix5000 controllers messages - e- · pdf fileimportant user information solid state...

36
Programming Manual Catalog Numbers 1756-L1, 1756-L55, 1756-L61, 1756-L62, 1756-L63, 1769- L31, 1769-L32C, 1769-L32E, 1769- L35CR, 1769-L35E, 1789-L60, 1794-L34, PowerFlex 700S/SE Logix5000 Controllers Messages

Upload: ngothien

Post on 06-Mar-2018

218 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Programming Manual

Catalog Numbers 1756-L1 1756-L55 1756-L61 1756-L62 1756-L63 1769-

L31 1769-L32C 1769-L32E 1769-L35CR 1769-L35E 1789-L60 1794-L34

PowerFlex 700SSE

Logix5000 Controllers Messages

Important User InformationSolid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

WARNINGIdentifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence

SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

Table of ContentsPreface Purpose of this Manual 5

How to Use this Manual 5

Chapter 1Controller Messages Introduction 7

Message Queue 8Cache List 9Unconnected Buffers 10Guidelines 11Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers 12

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers 12Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers 13

Convert Between INTs and DINTs 15

Chapter 2Manage Multiple Messages Introduction 17

How to Use this Example Logic 17Message Manager Logic 18

Initialize the Logic 18Restart the Sequence If Required 18Send the First Group of MSGs 19Enable the Next Group of MSGs 19Send the Next Group of MSGs 20Enable the Next Group of MSGs 20Send the Next Group of MSGs 21

Chapter 3Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction 23Set Up the IO Configuration 24Define Your Source and Destination Elements 25Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type 26Create the Configuration Array 27Get the Size of the Local Array 30Load the Message Properties for a Controller 30Configure the Message 31

Step to the Next Controller 33Restart the Sequence 33

3Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 3

4 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Preface

Purpose of this Manual This manual shows how to program MSG instructions to and from Logix5000 controllers This manual is one of a set of related manuals that show common procedures for programming and operating Logix5000 controllers For a complete list of common procedures manuals see the Logix 5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756-PM001

The term Logix5000 controller refers to any controller that is based on the Logix5000 operating system such as

bull CompactLogix controllersbull ControlLogix controllersbull DriveLogix controllersbull FlexLogix controllersbull SoftLogix5800 controllers

How to Use this Manual Some text is formatted differently from the rest of the text

Text that is Identifies For example Means

Italic the actual name of an item that you see on your screen or in an example

Right-click User-Defined hellip Right-click the item that is named User-Defined

courier information that you must supply based on your application (a variable)

Right-click name_of_program hellip

You must identify the specific program in your application Typically it is a name or variable that you have defined

enclosed in brackets a keyboard key Press [Enter] Press the Enter key

5Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 5

Preface

Notes

6 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 2: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Important User InformationSolid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

WARNINGIdentifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence

SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

Table of ContentsPreface Purpose of this Manual 5

How to Use this Manual 5

Chapter 1Controller Messages Introduction 7

Message Queue 8Cache List 9Unconnected Buffers 10Guidelines 11Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers 12

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers 12Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers 13

Convert Between INTs and DINTs 15

Chapter 2Manage Multiple Messages Introduction 17

How to Use this Example Logic 17Message Manager Logic 18

Initialize the Logic 18Restart the Sequence If Required 18Send the First Group of MSGs 19Enable the Next Group of MSGs 19Send the Next Group of MSGs 20Enable the Next Group of MSGs 20Send the Next Group of MSGs 21

Chapter 3Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction 23Set Up the IO Configuration 24Define Your Source and Destination Elements 25Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type 26Create the Configuration Array 27Get the Size of the Local Array 30Load the Message Properties for a Controller 30Configure the Message 31

Step to the Next Controller 33Restart the Sequence 33

3Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 3

4 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Preface

Purpose of this Manual This manual shows how to program MSG instructions to and from Logix5000 controllers This manual is one of a set of related manuals that show common procedures for programming and operating Logix5000 controllers For a complete list of common procedures manuals see the Logix 5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756-PM001

The term Logix5000 controller refers to any controller that is based on the Logix5000 operating system such as

bull CompactLogix controllersbull ControlLogix controllersbull DriveLogix controllersbull FlexLogix controllersbull SoftLogix5800 controllers

How to Use this Manual Some text is formatted differently from the rest of the text

Text that is Identifies For example Means

Italic the actual name of an item that you see on your screen or in an example

Right-click User-Defined hellip Right-click the item that is named User-Defined

courier information that you must supply based on your application (a variable)

Right-click name_of_program hellip

You must identify the specific program in your application Typically it is a name or variable that you have defined

enclosed in brackets a keyboard key Press [Enter] Press the Enter key

5Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 5

Preface

Notes

6 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 3: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Table of ContentsPreface Purpose of this Manual 5

How to Use this Manual 5

Chapter 1Controller Messages Introduction 7

Message Queue 8Cache List 9Unconnected Buffers 10Guidelines 11Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers 12

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers 12Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers 13

Convert Between INTs and DINTs 15

Chapter 2Manage Multiple Messages Introduction 17

How to Use this Example Logic 17Message Manager Logic 18

Initialize the Logic 18Restart the Sequence If Required 18Send the First Group of MSGs 19Enable the Next Group of MSGs 19Send the Next Group of MSGs 20Enable the Next Group of MSGs 20Send the Next Group of MSGs 21

Chapter 3Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction 23Set Up the IO Configuration 24Define Your Source and Destination Elements 25Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type 26Create the Configuration Array 27Get the Size of the Local Array 30Load the Message Properties for a Controller 30Configure the Message 31

Step to the Next Controller 33Restart the Sequence 33

3Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 3

4 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Preface

Purpose of this Manual This manual shows how to program MSG instructions to and from Logix5000 controllers This manual is one of a set of related manuals that show common procedures for programming and operating Logix5000 controllers For a complete list of common procedures manuals see the Logix 5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756-PM001

The term Logix5000 controller refers to any controller that is based on the Logix5000 operating system such as

bull CompactLogix controllersbull ControlLogix controllersbull DriveLogix controllersbull FlexLogix controllersbull SoftLogix5800 controllers

How to Use this Manual Some text is formatted differently from the rest of the text

Text that is Identifies For example Means

Italic the actual name of an item that you see on your screen or in an example

Right-click User-Defined hellip Right-click the item that is named User-Defined

courier information that you must supply based on your application (a variable)

Right-click name_of_program hellip

You must identify the specific program in your application Typically it is a name or variable that you have defined

enclosed in brackets a keyboard key Press [Enter] Press the Enter key

5Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 5

Preface

Notes

6 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 4: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

4 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Preface

Purpose of this Manual This manual shows how to program MSG instructions to and from Logix5000 controllers This manual is one of a set of related manuals that show common procedures for programming and operating Logix5000 controllers For a complete list of common procedures manuals see the Logix 5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756-PM001

The term Logix5000 controller refers to any controller that is based on the Logix5000 operating system such as

bull CompactLogix controllersbull ControlLogix controllersbull DriveLogix controllersbull FlexLogix controllersbull SoftLogix5800 controllers

How to Use this Manual Some text is formatted differently from the rest of the text

Text that is Identifies For example Means

Italic the actual name of an item that you see on your screen or in an example

Right-click User-Defined hellip Right-click the item that is named User-Defined

courier information that you must supply based on your application (a variable)

Right-click name_of_program hellip

You must identify the specific program in your application Typically it is a name or variable that you have defined

enclosed in brackets a keyboard key Press [Enter] Press the Enter key

5Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 5

Preface

Notes

6 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 5: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Preface

Purpose of this Manual This manual shows how to program MSG instructions to and from Logix5000 controllers This manual is one of a set of related manuals that show common procedures for programming and operating Logix5000 controllers For a complete list of common procedures manuals see the Logix 5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756-PM001

The term Logix5000 controller refers to any controller that is based on the Logix5000 operating system such as

bull CompactLogix controllersbull ControlLogix controllersbull DriveLogix controllersbull FlexLogix controllersbull SoftLogix5800 controllers

How to Use this Manual Some text is formatted differently from the rest of the text

Text that is Identifies For example Means

Italic the actual name of an item that you see on your screen or in an example

Right-click User-Defined hellip Right-click the item that is named User-Defined

courier information that you must supply based on your application (a variable)

Right-click name_of_program hellip

You must identify the specific program in your application Typically it is a name or variable that you have defined

enclosed in brackets a keyboard key Press [Enter] Press the Enter key

5Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 5

Preface

Notes

6 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 6: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Preface

Notes

6 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 7: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 1

Controller Messages

Introduction To transfer data between controllers (send or receive data) execute a Message (MSG) instruction

This diagram shows how the controller processes MSG instructions

EXAMPLE Execute a Message (MSG) Instruction

If count_send = 1 and count_msgEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then execute a MSG instruction that sends data to another controller

count_send

count_msgen

ENDNER

Type - UnconfiguredMessage Controlcount_msg

MSG

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction and its rung-condition-in goes true

The MSG instruction enters the message queue

The MSG instruction comes off the queue and is processed

If the MSG instruction Then the MSG instruction

Does not use a connection or the connection was not previously cached

uses an unconnected buffer to establish communication with the destination device

Uses a connection and the connection is cached does not use an unconnected buffer

Communication occurs with the destination device

Message Queue

MSG

Yes

Unconnected Buffers

No

destination device

Cached

16 total

1 2 43 Cache List

1

2

3

4

7Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 7

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 8: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Message Queue The message queue holds up to 16 MSG instructions including those that you configure as a block-transfer read or block-transfer write When the queue is full an instruction tries to enter the queue on each subsequent scan of the instruction as shown below

Description

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is true

The EN bit is set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full (16 MSG instructions are already enabled)

The EW bit remains cleared

amp The controller scans the MSG instruction

The rung-condition-in for the MSG instruction is false

The EN bit remains set

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue but the queue is full

The EW bit remains cleared

The controller scans the MSG instruction

The MSG instruction attempts to enter the queue The queue has room so the instruction enters the queue

The EW bit is set

rung-condition-in false true false

EN bit off on

EW bit off on

1 2 3 4

1

2 3

4

8 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 9: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Cache List Depending on how you configure a MSG instruction it may use a connection to send or receive data

If a MSG instruction uses a connection you have the option to leave the connection open (cache) or close the connection when the message is done transmitting

The controller has these limits on the number of connections that you can cache

This type of message And this communication method Uses a connection

CIP data table read or write

PLC2 PLC3 PLC5 or SLC (all types) CIP

CIP with Source ID

DH+

CIP generic your option (1)

block-transfer read or write

(1) You can connect CIP generic messages But for most applications we recommend you leave CIP generic messages unconnected

If you Then

Cache the connection The connection stays open after the MSG instruction is done This optimizes execution time Opening a connection each time the message executes increases execution time

Do not cache the connection

The connection closes after the MSG instruction is done This frees up that connection for other uses

If you have this software and firmware revision

Then you can cache

11x or earlier bull Block transfer messages for up to 16 connections

bull Other types of messages for up to 16 connections

12x or later Up to 32 connections

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 9

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 10: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If several messages go to the same device the messages may be able to share a connection

Unconnected Buffers To establish a connection or process unconnected messages the controller uses an unconnected buffer

If a MSG instruction uses a connection the instruction uses an unconnected buffer when it first executes to establish a connection If you configure the instruction to cache the connection it no longer requires an unconnected buffer once the connection is established

If the MSG instructions are to And they are Then

Different devices Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Same device Enabled at the same time Each MSG instruction uses 1 connection

Not enabled at the same time The MSG instructions share the connection (For example together they count as 1 connection)

EXAMPLE Share a Connection

If the controller alternates between sending a block-transfer read message and a block-transfer write message to the same module then together both messages count as 1 connection Caching both messages counts as 1 on the cache list

Term Definition

Unconnected buffer An allocation of memory that the controller uses to process unconnected communication The controller performs unconnected communication when it

bull establishes a connection with a device including an IO module

bull executes a MSG instruction that does not use a connection

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers

bull The default number is 10

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers execute a MSG instruction that reconfigures the number of unconnected buffers

bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and data does not transfer

10 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 11: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Guidelines As you plan and program your MSG instructions follow these guidelines

Guideline Details

1 For each MSG instruction create a control tag

Each MSG instruction requires its own control tag

bull Data type = MESSAGE

bull Scope = controller

bull The tag cannot be part of an array or a user-defined data type

2 Keep the source andor destination data at the controller scope

A MSG instruction can access only tags that are in the Controller Tags folder (controller scope)

3 If your MSG is to a device that uses 16-bit integers use a buffer of INTs in the MSG and DINTs throughout the project

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project

This increases the efficiency of your project because Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

Refer to Convert Between INTs and DINTs on page 15

4 Cache the connected MSGs that execute most frequently

Cache the connection for those MSG instructions that execute most frequently up to the maximum number permissible for your controller revision

This optimizes execution time because the controller does not have to open a connection each time the message executes

5 If you want to enable more than 16 MSGs at one time use some type of management strategy

If you enable more than 16 MSGs at one time some MSG instructions may experience delays in entering the queue To guarantee the execution of each message use one of these options

bull Enable each message in sequence

bull Enable the messages in groups

bull Program a message to communicate with multiple devices

bull Program logic to coordinate the execution of messages

6 Keep the number of unconnected and uncached MSGs less than the number of unconnected buffers

The controller can have 10 - 40 unconnected buffers The default number is 10

bull If all the unconnected buffers are in use when an instruction leaves the message queue the instruction errors and does not transfer the data

bull You can increase the number of unconnected buffers (40 max) but continue to follow guideline 5

bull To increase the number of unconnected buffers see page 12

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 11

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 12: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine or change the number of unconnected buffers use a MSG instruction

bull The range is 10 - 40 unconnected buffersbull The default number is 10bull Each unconnected buffers uses 11K bytes of memory

Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers

To determine the number of unconnected buffers that the controller currently has available configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 3

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[4]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

Source Length (bytes) 4 (Write 4 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[10] (Leave all the values = 0)

destination_array[6] = current number of unconnected buffers

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

12 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 13: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

As a starting value set the number of unconnected buffers equal to the number of unconnected and uncached messages enabled at one time plus approximately 5 The additional 5 buffers provides a cushion in case you underestimate the number of messages that are enabled at one time

To change the number of unconnected buffers of the controller configure a Message (MSG) instruction as follows

On this tab For this item Type or select

Configuration Message Type CIP Generic

Service Type Custom

Service Code 4

Class 304

Instance 1

Attribute 0

Source Element source_array where data type = SINT[8]

In this element Enter

source_array[0] 1

source_array[1] 0

source_array[2] 17

source_array[3] 0

source_array[4] Number of unconnected buffers that you want

source_array[5] 0

source_array[6] 0

source_array[7] 0

Source Length (bytes) 8 (Write 8 SINTs)

Destination destination_array where data type = SINT[6] (Leave all the values = 0)

Communication Path 1 slot_number_of_controller

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 13

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 14: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

EXAMPLE Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers

where

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then set the number of unconnected buffers for the controller

Source_Array[0] = 1

Source_Array[1] = 0

Source_Array[2] = 17

Source_Array[3] = 0

Source_Array[4] = 12 (The number of unconnected buffers that you want In this example we want 12 buffers)

If UCB_SetEN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

MSG instruction sets the number of unconnected buffers = Source_Array[4]

Tag Name Type Description

UCB_Set MESSAGE Control tag for the MSG instruction

Source_Array SINT[8] Source values for the MSG instruction including the number of unconnected buffers that you want

14 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 15: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Controller Messages Chapter 1

Convert Between INTs and DINTs

In the Logix5000 controller use the DINT data type for integers whenever possible Logix5000 controllers execute more efficiently and use less memory when working with 32-bit integers (DINTs)

If your message is to a device that uses 16-bit integers such as a PLC-5 or SLC 500 controller and it transfers integers (not REALs) use a buffer of INTs in the message and DINTs throughout the project This increases the efficiency of your project

1 The Message (MSG) instruction reads 16-bit integers (INTs) from the device and stores them in a temporary array of INTs

2 An File ArithLogical (FAL) instruction converts the INTs to DINTs for use by other instructions in your project

1 An FAL instruction converts the DINTs from the Logix5000 controller to INTs

2 The MSG instruction writes the INTs from the temporary array to the device

Read 16-Bit Integers Data from the device

Buffer of INTs DINTs for use in the project

Word 1 INT_Buffer[0] DINT_Array[0]

Word 2 INT_Buffer[1] DINT_Array[1]

Word 3 INT_Buffer[2] DINT_Array[2]

1 2

Write 16-Bit Integers DINTs from the project

Buffer of INTs Data for the device

DINT_Array[0] INT_Buffer[0] Word 1

DINT_Array[1] INT_Buffer[1] Word 2

DINT_Array[2] INT_Buffer[2] Word 3

1 2

EXAMPLE Read integer values from a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_1 = 1 And Msg_1EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Read 3 integers from the PLC-5 controller and store them in INT_Buffer (3 INTs)

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 15

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 16: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 1 Controller Messages

If Msg_1DN =1 (MSG instruction has read the data) then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets DINT_Array = INT_Buffer This converts the values to 32-bit integers (DINTs)

EXAMPLE Write integer values to a PLC-5 controller

If Condition_2 = 1 then

Reset the FAL instruction

The FAL instruction sets INT_Buffer = DINT_Array This converts the values to 16-bit integers (INTs)

If Control_2DN = 1 (FAL instruction has converted the DINTs to INTs)

And Msg_2EN = 0 (MSG instruction is not already enabled) then

Write the integers in INT_Buffer (3 INTs) to the PLC-5 controller

16 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 17: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 2

Manage Multiple Messages

Introduction You can use ladder logic to send groups of Message (MSG) instructions in sequence

bull To be processed each MSG instruction must enter the message queuebull The queue holds 16 MSGsbull If more than 16 MSGs are enabled at one time there may not be room

on the queue when a MSG is enabledbull If this occurs the MSG has to wait until there is room on the queue

before the controller can process the MSG On each subsequent scan of the MSG it checks the queue to see if there is room

The message manager logic lets you control the number of MSGs that are enabled at one time and enable subsequent MSGs in sequence In this way MSGs enter and exit the queue in an ordered fashion and do not have to wait for room on the queue to become available

How to Use this Example Logic

The message manager logic sends three groups of MSGsbull To make the example easier to follow each groups contains only 2

MSGsbull In your project use more MSGs in each group such as 5bull Use as many groups as needed to include all your MSGs

The Msg_Group tag controls the enabling of each MSG

bull The tag uses the DINT data typebull Each bit of the tag corresponds to a group of MSGsbull For example Msg_Group0 enables and disables the first group of

MSGs (group 0)

17Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 17

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 18: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Message Manager Logic Initialize the Logic

Restart the Sequence If Required

If SFS = 1 (first scan) then initialize the MSGs

Msg_Group = 0 which disables all the MSGs

Msg_Group0 =1 which enables the first group of MSGs

If the MSGs in group 2 (last group) are currently enabled (Msg_Group2 = 1)

And Msg_4 is done or errored

And Msg_5 is done or errored

Then restart the sequence of MSGs with the first group

Msg_Group2 = 0 This disables the last group of MSGs

Msg_Group0 = 1 This enables the first group of MSGs

18 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 19: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the First Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group0 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_0

Send Msg_1

Because a MSG instruction is a transitional instruction it executes only when its rung-condition-in changes from false to true

If the MSGs in group 0 are currently enabled (Msg_Group0 = 1)

And Msg_0 is done or errored

And Msg_1 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group0 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group1 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 19

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 20: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Send the Next Group of MSGs

Enable the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

If the MSGs in group 1 are currently enabled (Msg_Group1 = 1)

And Msg_2 is done or errored

And Msg_3 is done or errored

Then

Msg_Group1 = 0 This disables the current group of MSGs

Msg_Group2 = 1 This enables the next group of MSGs

20 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 21: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Manage Multiple Messages Chapter 2

Send the Next Group of MSGs

If Msg_Group1 changes from 0 -gt 1 then

Send Msg_2

Send Msg_3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 21

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 22: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 2 Manage Multiple Messages

Notes

22 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 23: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 3

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Introduction You can program a single message instruction to communicate with multiple controllers To reconfigure a MSG instruction during runtime write new values to the members of the MESSAGE data type

A If you use an asterisk [] to designate the element number of the array the value in provides the element number

B The Index box is only available when you use an asterisk [] in the Source Element or Destination Element The instruction substitutes the value of Index for the asterisk []

To send a message to multiple controllers

IMPORTANT In the MESSAGE data type the RemoteElement member stores the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message

If the message Then the RemoteElement is the

Reads data Source Element

Writes data Destination Element

Tag Name

message

messageRemoteElement

messageRemoteIndex

messageLocalIndex

messageChannel

messageRack

messageGroup

messageSlot

messagePath

minus

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

43052

A B

B

23Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 23

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 24: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

bull Set Up the IO Configurationbull Define Your Source and Destination Elementsbull Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Typebull Create the Configuration Arraybull Get the Size of the Local Arraybull Load the Message Properties for a Controllerbull Configure the Messagebull Step to the Next Controllerbull Restart the Sequence

Set Up the IO Configuration Although not required we recommend that you add the communication modules and remote controllers to the IO configuration of the controller This makes it easier to define the path to each remote controller

For example once you add the local communication module the remote communication module and the destination controller the Browse button lets you select the destination

TIP To copy the above components from a sample project open the hellipRSLogix 5000ProjectsSamples folder

43055

Open this projectMSG_to_Multiple_ControllersACD

Message Path Browser

Path peer_controller

peer_controller

IO Configuration

[0] 1756-CNBx Local_CNB

2 [0] 1756-CNBx chassis_b

[1] 1756-L55x peer_controller

minus

minus

minus

24 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 25: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Define Your Source and Destination Elements

In this procedure an array stores the data that is read from or written to each remote controller Each element in the array corresponds to a different remote controller

1 Use the following worksheet to organize the tag names in the local and remote controllers

2 Create the local_array tag which stores the data in this controller

Name of the Remote Controller Tag or Address of the Data in the Remote Controller

Tag in This Controller

local_array[0]

local_array[1]

local_array[2]

local_array[3]

Tag Name Type

local_array data_type [length ]

where

data_type is the data type of the data that the message sends or receives such as DINT REAL or STRING

length is the number of elements in the local array

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 25

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 26: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type

In this procedure you create a user-defined data type to store the configuration variables for the message to each controller

bull Some of the required members of the data type use a string data typebull The default STRING data type stores 82 charactersbull If your paths or remote tag names or addresses use less than

82 characters you have the option of creating a new string type that stores fewer characters This lets you conserve memory

bull To create a new string type choose File gt New Component gt String Typehellip

bull If you create a new string type use it in place of the STRING data type in this procedure

To store the configuration variables for the message to each controller create the following user-defined data type

Create the Configuration Array

In this procedure you store the configuration properties for each controller in an array Before each execution of the MSG instruction your logic loads new properties into the instruction This sends the message to a different controller

Data Type MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Name MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION

Description Configuration properties for a message to another controller

Members

Name Data Type Style Description

Path STRING

RemoteElement STRING

To create a new data type

Controller Your_Project

Tasks

Motion Groups

Trends

Data Types

User-Defined

Right-click and choose New Data Type

+

+

+

minus+

+

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

Configuration Array

message_config

message_config[0]

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1]

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

first execution of the message

next execution of the message

Message Properties

message

messagePath

messageRemoteElement

minus

+

+

26 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 27: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

1 To store the configuration properties for the message create the following array

where

number is the number of controllers to which to send the message

2 Into the message_config array enter the path to the first controller that receives the message

Tag Name Type Scope

message_config MESSAGE_CONFIGURATION[number] any

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

Right-click and choose Go to Message Path Editor message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the path to the remote controller

Message Path Browser

Path

or peer_controller

Browse to the remote controller

IO Configuration

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 27

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 28: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 Into the message_config array enter the tag name or address of the data in the first controller to receive the message

4 Enter the path and remote element for each additional controller

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

Type the tag name or address of the data in the other controller

minus

+

+

Tag Name Value

message_config hellip

message_config[0] hellip

message_config[0]Path

message_config[0]RemoteElement

message_config[1] hellip

message_config[1]Path

message_config[1]RemoteElement

minus

minus

+

+

minus

+

+

28 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 29: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

Get the Size of the Local Array

1 The SIZE instruction

bull counts the number of elements in local_arraybull counts the number of elements in Dimension 0 of the array In this case

that is the only dimension

2 Local_array_length (DINT) stores the size (number of elements) of local_array This value tells a subsequent rung when the message has been sent to all the controllers and to start with the first controller again

Load the Message Properties for a Controller

1 The XIO instruction conditions the rung to continuously send the message

2 The first COP instruction loads the path for the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

43051

43051

2

3

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 29

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 30: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

3 The second COP instruction loads the tag name or address of the data in the controller that receives the message The value of index determines which element the instruction loads from message_config

The instruction loads 1 element from message_config

Configure the Message Although the logic controls the remote element and path for the message there is initial configuration

IMPORTANT

43054

Clear the Cache Connection check box

30 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 31: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Send a Message to Multiple Controllers Chapter 3

On this tab If you want to For this item Type or select

Configuration Read (receive) data from the other controllers

Message Type The read-type that corresponds to the other controllers

Source Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Write (send) data to the other controllers

Message Type The write-type that corresponds to other controllers

Source Tag local_array[]

Index 0

Number Of Elements 1

Destination Element Tag or address that contains the data in the first controller

Communication Path Path to the first controller

Cache Connections Clear the Cache Connection check box Since this procedure continuously changes the path of the message it is more efficient to clear this check box

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 31

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 32: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Chapter 3 Send a Message to Multiple Controllers

Step to the Next Controller

After the MSG instruction sends the messagehellip

1 The first ADD instruction increments index This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the next controller into the MSG instruction

2 The second ADD instruction increments the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction This lets the logic load the value from the next controller into the next element of local_array

Restart the Sequence

When index equal local_array_length the controller has sent the message to all the other controllers

1 The first CLR instruction sets index equal to 0 This lets the logic load the configuration properties for the first controller into the MSG instruction and start the sequence of messages again

2 The second CLR instruction sets the LocalIndex member of the MSG instruction equal to 0 This lets the logic load the value from the first controller into the first element of local_array

1 2

43051

1 2

43051

32 Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 33: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Publication 1756-PM012B-EN-P - July 2008 38Supersedes Publication 1756-PM012A-EN-P - July 2007 Copyright copy 2008 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpsupportrockwellautomationcom you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation please review the information thats contained in this manual You can also contact a special Customer Support number for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

United States 14406463434Monday ndash Friday 8am ndash 5pm EST

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for any technical support issues

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor in order to complete the return process

Outside United States

Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • Important User Information
  • Table of Contents
  • Preface
    • Purpose of this Manual
    • How to Use this Manual
      • Chapter 1
      • Controller Messages
        • Introduction
        • Message Queue
        • Cache List
        • Unconnected Buffers
        • Guidelines
        • Get or Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Get the Number of Unconnected Buffers
          • Set the Number of Unconnected Buffers
            • Convert Between INTs and DINTs
              • Chapter 2
              • Manage Multiple Messages
                • Introduction
                • How to Use this Example Logic
                • Message Manager Logic
                  • Initialize the Logic
                  • Restart the Sequence If Required
                  • Send the First Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Enable the Next Group of MSGs
                  • Send the Next Group of MSGs
                      • Chapter 3
                      • Send a Message to Multiple Controllers
                        • Introduction
                        • Set Up the IO Configuration
                        • Define Your Source and Destination Elements
                        • Create the MESSAGE_ CONFIGURATION Data Type
                        • Create the Configuration Array
                        • Get the Size of the Local Array
                        • Load the Message Properties for a Controller
                        • Configure the Message
                          • Step to the Next Controller
                          • Restart the Sequence
                          • Installation Assistance
                          • New Product Satisfaction Return
                            • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true CourierNewPS-BoldItalicMT CourierNewPS-BoldMT CourierNewPS-ItalicMT CourierNewPSMT ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

                              Intro

                              ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

                              Generic pub print specs

                              ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
                              ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

                              IN RN pub type specs

                              UM RM PM pub type specs

                              AP PP pub type specs

                              BR pub type specs

                              Field definitions

                              ampL04032006ampRampP
                              PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
                              EA = Each
                              PK = Pack
                              PD = Pad
                              RL = Roll
                              BK = Book
                              CT = Carton
                              BX = Box
                              ST = Set
                              Multiple Order Qty
                              Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
                              Business Group
                              The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
                              CorporateBusiness Development
                              Finance
                              Human Resources
                              IT
                              Logistics
                              Manufacturing
                              Marketing Commercial
                              Marketing Europe
                              Marketing Other
                              Operations
                              Order Services
                              Other
                              Process Improvement
                              Procurement
                              Quality
                              Sales
                              Max Order Quantity
                              Presale items = 100
                              Postsale items = 5
                              NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
                              Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
                              Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
                              Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
                              BindingStitching
                              For a Form (F) use
                              CARBONLESS
                              CUTSHEET
                              ENVELOPE
                              For a Book (B) use
                              LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
                              PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
                              PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
                              SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
                              STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
                              STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
                              STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
                              THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
                              THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
                              Sides Printed
                              Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
                              Simplex = Single-sided printing
                              Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
                              Number of Forms to a Sheet
                              Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
                              Number of Sheets Required to Print
                              Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
                              Paper Stock Type
                              Description
                              PLAIN Bond
                              ACNTCVR Accent Cover
                              BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
                              BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
                              C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
                              C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
                              C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
                              C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
                              CARD Card Stock
                              CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
                              CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
                              COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
                              CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
                              CUSTOM Custom
                              CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
                              ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
                              ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
                              ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
                              GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
                              GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
                              HOTSTEXT Hots Text
                              INDEX Index
                              LABEL80 80 Up Label
                              MICROPRT Micro Print
                              OFFSET Offset
                              PART2 2 Part
                              PART3 3 Part
                              PART4 4 Part
                              PART5 5 Part
                              PART6 6 Part
                              PERF 12 inch Perfed
                              PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
                              PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
                              PREPERF Pre-Perforated
                              RECYL Recycled
                              SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
                              SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
                              SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
                              TAG Tag
                              TEXT Text
                              TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
                              TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
                              TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
                              TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
                              VELLUM Vellum
                              VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
                              WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
                              WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
                              WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
                              Paper Stock Color
                              Black
                              Blue
                              Buff
                              Canary
                              Cherry
                              Clear
                              Cream
                              Custom
                              Goldrenrod
                              Gray
                              Green
                              Ivory
                              Lavender
                              Manilla
                              NCRPinkCanary
                              NCRWhiteBlue
                              NCRWhiteBlueCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanary
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPink
                              NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
                              NCRWhiteGreen
                              NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
                              NCRWhitePink
                              NCRWhiteWhite
                              Opaque
                              Orange
                              Orchid
                              Peach
                              Pink
                              Purple
                              Salmon
                              Tan
                              Violet
                              White
                              Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
                              11 x 17
                              18 x 24 Poster
                              24 x 36 Poster
                              3 x 5
                              36 x 24 Poster
                              4 x 6
                              475 x 7
                              475 x 775
                              55 x 85
                              6 x 4
                              7 x 9
                              7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
                              85 x 11
                              825 x 10875
                              825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
                              8375 x 10875
                              9 x 12
                              A4
                              A5
                              Other - Custom size listed below
                              Drilling Locations
                              1CENTER
                              1LEFTTOP
                              1TOPCENTER
                              2LEFT
                              2LEFT2TOP
                              2TOP
                              2TOP2LEFT
                              2TOP3LEFT
                              2TOP5LEFT
                              2TOP5RIGHT
                              3BOTTOM
                              3LEFT
                              3LEFT2TOP
                              3LEFT3TOP
                              3RIGHT
                              3TOP
                              3TOP5LEFT
                              5BOTTOOM
                              5CENTER
                              5LEFT
                              5RIGHT
                              5RIGHT2TOP
                              5TOP
                              Fold Type
                              For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
                              HALF Half
                              C C Fold
                              DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
                              OFFSETZ Offset Z
                              SAMPLE See Sample
                              SHORT Short Fold
                              V V Fold
                              Z Z Fold
                              Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
                              Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
                              77 or more pages NA
                              33 to 76 pages 25
                              3 to 32 pages 50
                              1 or 2 pages 100
                              Comments
                              CoverText Stock Spine
                              100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
                              100 Gloss Text
                              100 Text
                              10pt C1S Cover
                              10pt C2S Cover
                              10pt C2S Text
                              10pt Text Stock
                              110 White Index
                              12pt C1S Cover
                              20 White Opaque Bond
                              50 Colored Offset
                              50 White Offset
                              50 White Opaque
                              60 Cover Stock
                              60 White Offset
                              80 Gloss Cover
                              80 Gloss Text
                              8pt C1S White
                              90 White Index
                              CoverText Ink
                              Black
                              Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color
                              4 color over black
                              4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
                              4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
                              4 color + aqueous
                              4 color + varnish
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
                              Corp 17501
                              Bill To 69
                              dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
                              Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
                              Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
                              See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
                              Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
                              This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
                              Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
                              Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
                              IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
                              Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
                              Attach Print Specs to PDF
                              For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
                              RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 34: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Intro

ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
Attach Print Specs to PDF
For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 35: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Page 36: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
1756-PM012B-EN-P Logix5000 Controllers Messages EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial CMKMAY IA ControlVisNet - 19021 07012008 5 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 4 36 10 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = BlackCover Stock = 90 White IndexCover Ink = Black
Page 37: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B PERFECT PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 NA 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = BlackSpine = If included as last page of PDF
Page 38: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
Page 39: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
Page 40: Logix5000 Controllers Messages - e- · PDF fileImportant User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish